2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
#LyX 2.2 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
|
2016-04-06 03:43:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\lyxformat 508
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_document
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_header
|
2016-01-12 21:30:37 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\save_transient_properties true
|
2016-01-13 00:14:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\origin /systemlyxdir/doc/es/
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\textclass book
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\use_default_options false
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\maintain_unincluded_children false
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\language spanish
|
2015-10-24 04:45:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\language_package babel
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\inputencoding auto
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\fontencoding global
|
2015-12-03 00:29:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\font_roman "palatino" "default"
|
|
|
|
|
\font_sans "helvet" "default"
|
|
|
|
|
\font_typewriter "courier" "default"
|
2015-11-11 20:56:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\font_math "auto" "auto"
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\font_default_family default
|
2011-04-10 10:33:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\use_non_tex_fonts false
|
2016-06-02 23:27:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\font_sc false
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\font_osf false
|
2015-11-11 20:56:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\font_sf_scale 100 100
|
|
|
|
|
\font_tt_scale 100 100
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\graphics default
|
2015-12-10 09:40:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\default_output_format pdf2
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\output_sync 0
|
|
|
|
|
\bibtex_command default
|
|
|
|
|
\index_command default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\paperfontsize 12
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\spacing single
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\use_hyperref true
|
|
|
|
|
\pdf_title "Tutorial de LyX"
|
|
|
|
|
\pdf_author "LyX Team"
|
|
|
|
|
\pdf_subject "LyX-documentación Tutorial"
|
|
|
|
|
\pdf_keywords "LyX, Documentación"
|
|
|
|
|
\pdf_bookmarks true
|
|
|
|
|
\pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
|
|
|
|
|
\pdf_bookmarksopen true
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\pdf_breaklinks true
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\pdf_pdfborder false
|
|
|
|
|
\pdf_colorlinks true
|
|
|
|
|
\pdf_backref false
|
|
|
|
|
\pdf_pdfusetitle false
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\papersize default
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\use_geometry false
|
2014-01-29 19:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\use_package amsmath 0
|
|
|
|
|
\use_package amssymb 0
|
|
|
|
|
\use_package cancel 0
|
|
|
|
|
\use_package esint 0
|
|
|
|
|
\use_package mathdots 1
|
|
|
|
|
\use_package mathtools 0
|
|
|
|
|
\use_package mhchem 1
|
|
|
|
|
\use_package stackrel 0
|
|
|
|
|
\use_package stmaryrd 0
|
|
|
|
|
\use_package undertilde 0
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\cite_engine basic
|
2014-01-29 19:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\cite_engine_type default
|
|
|
|
|
\biblio_style plain
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\use_bibtopic false
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\use_indices false
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\paperorientation portrait
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\suppress_date false
|
2014-01-29 19:00:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\justification true
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\use_refstyle 0
|
|
|
|
|
\index Índice
|
|
|
|
|
\shortcut idx
|
|
|
|
|
\color #008000
|
|
|
|
|
\end_index
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\secnumdepth 3
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\tocdepth 2
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\paragraph_separation indent
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\paragraph_indentation default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\quotes_language french
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\papercolumns 1
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\papersides 2
|
|
|
|
|
\paperpagestyle headings
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\tracking_changes false
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\output_changes false
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\html_math_output 0
|
2011-04-10 10:33:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\html_css_as_file 0
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\html_be_strict false
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_header
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_body
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Title
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Tutorial de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Author
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
por el Equipo \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\noindent
|
|
|
|
|
Si tienes comentarios o correcciones de errores envíalos, por favor, a la
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
lista de correo de Documentación de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
:
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset href
|
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand href
|
|
|
|
|
target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
|
|
|
|
|
type "mailto:"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset toc
|
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand tableofcontents
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
|
|
|
|
Introducción
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
¡Bienvenido a \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
!
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Este archivo ha sido diseñado para todos aquellos que nunca han oído hablar
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
de \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
, o no lo conocen muy bien.
|
|
|
|
|
No hay que preocuparse, no hay que aprender \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
para poder usar \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
|
Ese es, al fin y al cabo, el punto fuerte de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
: proporcionar un interfaz
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
casi WYSIWIG (
|
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
|
What You See Is What You Get
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
) para \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
|
Sin embargo, hay algunas cosas que necesitarás aprender para usar \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
de forma
|
|
|
|
|
eficiente.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Probablemente has acabado consultando este documento porque has intentado
|
|
|
|
|
poner dos espacios después de un punto, o tres líneas en blanco entre dos
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
párrafos y has comprobado que no se puede.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
De hecho, descubrirás que la mayoría de los pequeños trucos que estabas
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
acostumbrado a usar con otros procesadores de texto no funcionan en \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
La razón es que la mayoría de los procesadores de texto que has usado hasta
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ahora permiten que el usuario haga a mano todo el espaciado, los cambios
|
|
|
|
|
de tipo de letra, etc.
|
|
|
|
|
Así, no sólo se escribe el documento, sino que además se acababa realizando
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
todo el trabajo de formato y composición.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
realiza este trabajo por ti de forma consistente, dejando que te centres
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en lo más importante: el contenido del documento.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Así pues, sigue leyendo para aprender más sobre \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Merece la pena que leas este tutorial.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
|
|
|
Qué
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
es
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
este tutorial y qué
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
no
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
es
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Antes de que empecemos con esta sección, queremos hacer un pequeño apunte.
|
|
|
|
|
El
|
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
|
Tutorial
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
usa la convención acerca de los estilos de letra indicada en el manual
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
|
Introducción
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Por eso es conveniente que leas la
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
|
Introducción
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
|
antes de continuar con este
|
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
|
Tutorial
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Una vez que sepas qué significa cada tipo de letra en las documentación,
|
|
|
|
|
vamos a hablar un poco sobre la finalidad de este
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
|
Tutorial
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
|
|
|
Para aprovechar al máximo el tutorial
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
|
Este
|
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
|
Tutorial
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2013-04-21 20:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
contiene ejemplos y ejercicios.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Para obtener el máximo provecho de este documento, deberías leerlo todo,
|
|
|
|
|
tecleando todos los pequeños detalles que te vayamos explicando (por simples
|
|
|
|
|
que sean) e intentando hacer todos los ejercicios para comprobar que lo
|
|
|
|
|
entiendes.
|
|
|
|
|
Por comodidad, puede interesarte imprimir la versión PDF de este documento.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si estás familiarizado con \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
, probablemente podrás leer el
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Tutorial
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
más deprisa, ya que muchas de las ideas de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
son realmente ideas de \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
disfrazadas.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
No obstante, \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
tiene peculiaridades que tendrás que aprender.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Incluso aunque no te apetezca leer el resto del
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Tutorial
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, harías bien en mirar la sección
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
reference "sec:latexusers"
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, que ha sido escrita específicamente para usuarios experimentados de \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
|
|
|
|
Qué
|
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
|
no
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
|
vas a encontrar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Explicación detallada de todas las características de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_deeper
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
|
Mira en la
|
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
|
Guía del usuario
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
|
cuando lo necesites.
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_deeper
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Explicaciones detalladas de \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_deeper
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
|
Innecesario.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si quieres aprender algunos de los trucos que se pueden hacer con \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
en \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
|
|
|
puedes echar un vistazo al manual
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Objetos insertados
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_deeper
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Es el momento de seguir adelante y comenzar tu primer documento \SpecialChar ldots
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Empezando con \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Tu primer documento \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Muy bien\SpecialChar endofsentence
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ya estás listo para empezar a escribir.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Sin embargo, antes de que lo hagas hay un par de cosas que debemos decir,
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y que esperamos harán el
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Tutorial
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
más instructivo, útil y divertido.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Como hay mucha información que no te vamos a dar aquí, lo primero que tienes
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
que hacer es encontrar los otros archivos de ayuda.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Afortunadamente, esto es muy simple.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Inicia \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Elige la
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Guía del usuario
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en el menú
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ayuda
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
También puedes abrir el
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Tutorial
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(si es que no lo estás leyendo ya en \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
).
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
De esta forma, puedes leerlos mientras escribes tu propio archivo.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
También pueden servir como buenos ejemplos de uso de las características
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ten en cuenta que, una vez que tienes más de un documento abierto, puedes
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
usar el menú
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ver
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
o las pestañas para alternar entre ellos.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
En este
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Tutorial
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, vamos a asumir que tienes instalada una versión de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
funcionando perfectamente,
|
|
|
|
|
así como una distribución \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
y un visor PDF.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Este debería ser el caso de la mayoría de las distribuciones de Linux y
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
BSD, así como en Windows, donde esto lo configura el instalador de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Finalmente, hemos preparado un archivo para que practiques tus habilidades
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
con \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
en él.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Se llama
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Imagina que fue escrito por alguien que no conoce ninguna de las magníficas
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
características de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Conforme vayas aprendiendo nuevas funciones te iremos sugiriendo que corrijas
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
las partes correspondientes del archivo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Además, contiene
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sutiles
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
trucos sobre cómo arreglar las cosas.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Los trucos se encuentran en «notas» amarillas.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Puedes leerlas pulsado con el ratón sobre ellas.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si quieres hacer trampa (o comprobar lo que has hecho), hay también un
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
archivo llamado
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-02-25 18:12:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ejemplo_con_lyx.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
que contiene el mismo texto, pero escrito por un experto en \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Estos archivos de ejemplo se pueden encontrar en el directorio de instalación
|
|
|
|
|
de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
, en la carpeta
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2013-02-24 01:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
examples/es
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, que puedes conseguir seleccionando
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Archivo\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Abrir
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y pulsando el botón
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ejemplos
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
|
Abre el documento sin procesar (
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-02-25 18:12:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
), y usa el menú
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Archivo\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Guardar
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
como
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para guardar una copia en tu propio directorio para que puedas trabajar
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
con él.
|
|
|
|
|
Conforme vayas arreglando el documento, comprueba cómo los cambios afectan
|
2016-01-30 19:36:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
a la salida.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Por cierto, el directorio
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
examples/
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
contiene muchos otros archivos de ejemplo que te enseñarán cómo hacer con
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
algunas cosas bastante elaboradas.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Después de leer el
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Tutorial
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, o cuando estés confuso a la hora de hacer algo complicado con \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
, echa un
|
|
|
|
|
vistazo a estos archivos.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Escribir, ver y exportar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Abre un archivo nuevo con
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Archivo\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Nuevo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Escribe una frase:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
¡Este es mi primer documento \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
!
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Guarda el documento con
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Archivo\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Guardar
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
como\SpecialChar endofsentence
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2012-02-14 21:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Comprueba el resultado final en PDF con
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Documento\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2016-05-15 17:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ver
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
o con el botón
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "buffer-view"
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
de la barra de herramientas.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
lanzará un programa visor de PDF que abrirá una nueva ventana mostrándote
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
el aspecto de tu documento cuando esté impreso.
|
2016-05-15 17:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-15 17:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
|
|
|
|
Exporta el documento listo para imprimir con
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
|
Archivo\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
|
|
|
|
Exportar
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
al formato que quieras.
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
|
¡Enhorabuena! Has escrito e impreso tu primer documento \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
|
Todo lo demás son detalles.
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\series bold
|
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
|
A hint
|
|
|
|
|
\lang spanish
|
|
|
|
|
:
|
|
|
|
|
\series default
|
|
|
|
|
Puedes ahorrar tiempo dejando que el visor de PDF se siga ejecutando en
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
segundo plano.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
De esta forma, puedes usar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ver\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Actualizar
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
o el botón
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "buffer-update"
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-15 17:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y simplemente pulsar sobre la ventana del visor después.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
|
Under Windows still use
|
|
|
|
|
\lang spanish
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2016-05-15 17:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Documento\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
|
|
|
|
Ver
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2016-05-15 17:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
o
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "buffer-view"
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-15 17:09:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
|
respectively.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-07-14 23:26:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\series bold
|
|
|
|
|
\lang english
|
|
|
|
|
Another hint:
|
|
|
|
|
\series default
|
|
|
|
|
In case you are using a high-resolution display, the LyX toolbar icons
|
|
|
|
|
are quite small.
|
|
|
|
|
To change their size, right-click into a toolbar.
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Operaciones sencillas
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Por supuesto, \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
puede realizar la mayoría de las cosas a las que estás acostumbra
|
|
|
|
|
do con un procesador de texto.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Separará las palabras y justificará los párrafos automáticamente.
|
|
|
|
|
A continuación tienes una descripción rápida de cómo realizar algunas acciones
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sencillas.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Deshacer \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
tiene capacidad para
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
deshacer infinitas veces
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
, lo que significa que puedes deshacer todo lo que lo que hayas hecho desde
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
que empezaste la sesión actual, aplicando una y otra vez
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Editar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Deshacer
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
(icono
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "undo"
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-05 00:06:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
).
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si deshaces demasiado, elige simplemente
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Editar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Rehacer
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(icono
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "redo"
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-02-14 21:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
) para recuperar los cambios.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_deeper
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
|
Actualmente, la instrucción deshacer está limitada a 100 pasos
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_deeper
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Cortar/Pegar/Copiar Utiliza
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Editar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Cortar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(icono
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "cut"
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
),
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Editar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Copiar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(icono
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "copy"
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
), y
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Editar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Pegar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(icono
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "paste"
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
) para cortar, copiar y pegar.
|
|
|
|
|
O pega automáticamente el texto seleccionado (incluyendo selecciones de
|
|
|
|
|
otros programas) con el botón central del ratón.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Buscar/Reemplazar Utiliza
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Editar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Encontrar
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
y
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Reemplazar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(icono
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "dialog-show findreplace"
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
) para realizar una búsqueda.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
En el menú que se despliega a tal efecto, puedes desplazarte hacia delante
|
|
|
|
|
y hacia atrás en la búsqueda mediante las flechas, y reemplazar aquellas
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
palabras que hayas encontrado con el botón
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Reemplazar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Cierra la ventana cuando hayas acabado, o déjala abierta si lo encuentras
|
|
|
|
|
más conveniente.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
La mayoría de los menús contextuales de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
pueden funcionar de esta manera.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Asegúrate de que el foco está en la ventana correcta cuando estés tratando
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
escribir en la ventana principal de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
o introduciendo una instrucción en
|
|
|
|
|
alguna ventana de diálogo.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Puedes elegir si la búsqueda es sensible a las mayúsculas, o si buscar
|
|
|
|
|
sólo palabras completas; también puedes buscar hacia atrás.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Formato
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
de
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
caracteres Puedes
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
resaltar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
texto (botón
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "font-emph"
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
de la barra de herramientas, que normalmente significa poner los caracteres
|
|
|
|
|
en cursiva), usar el estilo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\noun on
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Versalitas
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\noun default
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(botón
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "font-noun"
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
, habitualmente mayúsculas pequeñas, para nombres propios de personas),
|
|
|
|
|
o cambiar otras cosas mediante el cuadro de diálogo
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Editar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Estilo
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
del
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
texto\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2013-04-21 20:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Personalizado
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
(botón
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "dialog-show character"
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
).
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Description
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Barras
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
de
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
herramientas Otros botones en las barras de herramientas permiten realizar
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
las funciones más usuales, como
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Insertar ecuación, Insertar cuadro
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, etc.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Por supuesto, todavía no has escrito suficiente para encontrar útiles todas
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
estas funciones.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Conforme vayas escribiendo más, prueba a deshacer, copiar, pegar, etc.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
WYSIWYM: el espacio en blanco en \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Una de las cosas más difíciles para los nuevos usuarios es acostumbrarse
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
a la forma en que \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
maneja el espacio en blanco.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Por mucho que pulses
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Retorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, sólo conseguirás una única línea en blanco.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Por mucho que pulses la
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Barra espaciadora
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, sólo conseguirás un único espacio en blanco.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
En una línea vacía \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
no te dejará poner ni siquiera un espacio.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
El
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Tabulador
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
no te adelantará ningún espacio, ¡de hecho no hay tabulación! Tampoco hay
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ninguna regla en la parte superior de la página que te permita definir
|
|
|
|
|
tabulaciones o márgenes.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2008-04-19 15:06:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Muchos procesadores de texto están basados en el principio WYSIWYG:
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
lo que ves es lo que obtienes
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
, por el contrario, está basado en el principio
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
lo que ves es lo que quieres
|
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
|
decir
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Escribes lo que quieres decir, y \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
se preocupará de la composición por ti
|
|
|
|
|
para que el resultado final quede bien.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Un
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Retorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
gramaticalmente separa párrafos, y de la misma forma un
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Espacio
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
separa palabras, así que no hay ninguna razón para poner varios seguidos;
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
un
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Tabulador
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
no tiene función gramatical alguna, así que \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
no los usa.
|
|
|
|
|
Con \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
emplearás más tiempo en el contenido del documento, y menos en la
|
|
|
|
|
forma.
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Véase el manual
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
|
Introducción
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para más información sobre el concepto WYSIWYM,
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
What You See Is What You
|
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
|
Mean
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
tiene (muchas) formas de ajustar al detalle el formato del documento.
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Después de todo, \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
podría no imprimir
|
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
|
exactamente
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
|
lo que querías decir.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
La
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Guía del usuario
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
contiene información sobre eso.
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Incluye espaciado vertical y horizontal —mucho más potentes y versátiles
|
|
|
|
|
que múltiples espacios o líneas en blanco— y formas de cambiar tamaño y
|
|
|
|
|
estilo de letra y alineación de párrafos a mano.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
La idea es que puedas escribir todo el documento concentrándote en el contenido
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, y solamente te preocupes de ajustar los detalles al final.
|
|
|
|
|
Con los procesadores de texto convencionales, el formato te distrae continuamen
|
|
|
|
|
te.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Entornos
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Las diferentes partes de un documento tienen propósitos diferentes; llamaremos
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
a estas partes
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
entornos
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
La mayor parte del documento está formada por texto normal.
|
|
|
|
|
Los títulos de sección (capítulos, subsecciones, etc.) permiten al lector
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
saber que se va a tratar un nuevo concepto o idea.
|
|
|
|
|
Ciertos tipos de documentos tienen entornos especiales.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Un artículo de periódico tendrá un resumen y un título.
|
|
|
|
|
Una carta no tendrá nada de eso, pero probablemente contendrá un entorno
|
|
|
|
|
para la dirección del remitente.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Los entornos son una parte importante en la filosofía
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
lo que ves es lo que quieres decir
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Un entorno dado puede requerir un cierto estilo o tamaño de letra, sangrado,
|
|
|
|
|
espaciado y otras características.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Este problema se agrava cuando el formato exacto de un entorno puede cambiar:
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
un periódico puede usar letra en negrita, de 18 puntos con párrafos centrados
|
|
|
|
|
para los títulos, mientras que otros pueden usar párrafos justificados
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
con letra cursiva de 15 puntos; idiomas distintos pueden tener diferentes
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
convenios para el sangrado; y los formatos de bibliografía pueden variar
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ampliamente.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
te evita tener que aprender todos los diferentes estilos de formato.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
El recuadro de selección de
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Entorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
se sitúa a la izquierda en la barra de herramientas estándar, con un aspecto
|
|
|
|
|
como este:
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Graphics
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
filename clipart/es_ToolbarEnvBox.png
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
scale 75
|
|
|
|
|
clip
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Indica qué entorno estás usando en cada momento.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Mientras escribías tu primer documento, decía
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
|
Normal
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, que es el entorno por omisión para texto.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ahora vas a usar varios entornos en el nuevo documento para que puedas
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ver cómo funcionan.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Secciones y subsecciones
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Escribe la palabra
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Introducción
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en la primera línea de tu archivo \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
, y elige
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Sección
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en el menú desplegable de
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
|
Entorno
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
s.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
No tienes que seleccionar la línea.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si no hay nada seleccionado, \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
cambia el párrafo en el que estás escribiendo
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ahora al entorno elegido.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Alternativamente, puedes cambiar varios párrafos seleccionándolos antes
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
de elegir el nuevo entorno.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Asegúrate de usar
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
|
Sección
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
y
|
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
|
no
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
|
Sección
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
*, que se explica más adelante.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
numera la sección como
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y escribe el encabezado (título) en tipos más grandes.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ahora pulsa
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Retorno.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Observa que el entorno cambia de
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Sección
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Normal
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Se asume que los títulos de sección, como muchos entornos, terminan cuando
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
pulsas la tecla
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Retorno.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Escribe la introducción del documento:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Esto es una introducción a mi primer documento \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Pulsa
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Retorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
otra vez, y elige de nuevo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Sección
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en el menú de
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
|
Entorno
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
escribe un
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y espera que introduzcas un título.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Escribe
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Más cosas
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, y verás que de nuevo lo establece como título de sección.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
La cosa mejora.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ve al final de la sección 1 otra vez (tras
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
mi primer documento \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
), pulsa
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Retorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, y selecciona
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Sección
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en el menú desplegable de
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Entorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Una vez más, \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
escribe
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y espera a que introduzcas un título.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Escribe
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Acerca de este documento
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
La sección
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Más cosas
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, que antes era la sección 2, ¡ha sido automáticamente renumerada a sección
|
|
|
|
|
3! De una forma verdaderamente WYSIWYM, sólo necesitas identificar los
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
títulos de las distintas partes de que se compone el texto, y \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
se encarga
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
de la numeración de secciones y su formato.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Pulsa
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Retorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para volver al entorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Normal
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y escribe las siguientes cinco líneas:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Secciones y subsecciones se describen más adelante.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Descripción de sección
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Las secciones son mayores que las subsecciones.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Descripción de subsección
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Las subsecciones son menores que las secciones.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Colócate en la segunda línea y elige
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Subsección
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en el menú
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Entorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
numera la sección como
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, y la escribe con un tamaño de letra mayor que el del texto regular pero
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
menor que el de un título de sección.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Cambia también el entorno de la cuarta línea a
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Subsección
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Como probablemente esperabas, \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
la numera automáticamente como sección
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si pones una sección más antes de la sección 2, ésta será renumerada como
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sección 3, y sus subsecciones correspondientes como
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
y
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Niveles más profundos de sección son la
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Subsubsección
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, el
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Párrafo
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, y el
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Subpárrafo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Dejaremos que juegues tú mismo con ellos.
|
|
|
|
|
Notarás que los títulos de párrafo y de subpárrafo no están numerados por
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
omisión, y que los subpárrafos están sangrados; véase la
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Guía del usuario
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para ver cómo cambiar esto.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Los encabezados de
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Capítulo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
son realmente el nivel más alto de la jerarquía, por encima de las secciones,
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
pero solamente se pueden utilizar en ciertos tipos (clases) de documentos
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(véase la sección
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
reference "sec:Clases-de-documento"
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Finalmente, puede que quieras usar secciones y subsecciones sin numerar.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Existen entornos para esto también.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si cambias uno de los encabezados de sección al entorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Sección*
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
( tendrás que deslizarte hacia abajo por la casilla de los
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Entornos
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para encontrarlo), \SpecialChar LyX
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
usará el mismo tamaño de letra que en la correspondiente
|
|
|
|
|
sección numerada, pero no la numerará.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
También están los entornos
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
no numerados
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
correspondientes a
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Subsección
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Subsubsección
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
|
Intenta cambiar alguna de tus secciones o subsecciones a entornos no numerados,
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y comprueba cómo los demás números de sección se actualizan.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
|
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ejercicio
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
: Arregla los encabezados de sección y subsección del archivo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-02-25 18:12:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Listas y sublistas
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
tiene diferentes entornos para componer listas.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Los variados entornos de listas te evitan tener que pulsar el
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Tabulador
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
un millón de veces cuando estás escribiendo un esquema, o de renumerar
|
|
|
|
|
toda la lista cuando quieres añadir un nuevo punto en mitad de ella.
|
|
|
|
|
Distintos tipos de documentos requieren, lógicamente, entornos de lista
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
diferentes:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Una exposición de diapositivas podría usar la lista no numerada del entorno
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Enumeración*
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para describir los diferentes puntos con distintas marcas.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Un esquema usaría las listas numeradas (y sublistas etiquetadas con letras)
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
del entorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Enumeración
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Un documento que describa varios paquetes de software usaría el entorno
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Descripción
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, en el que cada elemento de la lista comienza con una palabra en negrita.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
El entorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Lista
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2012-01-05 00:06:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(también llamado
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
|
Etiquetado
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
) es ligeramente diferente al entorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Descripción
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Vamos a escribir una lista de razones por las que \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
es mejor que otros procesador
|
|
|
|
|
es de texto.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
En cualquier parte de tu documento escribe:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
es mejor que otros procesadores de texto porque:
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y pulsa
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Retorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ahora elige
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Enumeración*
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en el menú de
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2012-02-14 21:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Entornos
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2012-02-14 21:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
o con el botón
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "layout Itemize"
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-02-14 21:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
pondrá una marca en la línea.
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Escribe tus razones:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
realiza la composición por ti.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Las matemáticas son WYSIWYG
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
¡Las listas son muy fáciles de crear!
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Los entornos de listas, al contrario que los encabezados, no terminan cuando
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
pulsas la tecla
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Retorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
En vez de eso, \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
asume que vas a introducir el siguiente elemento de la
|
|
|
|
|
lista.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
La anterior resultará ser una lista de tres elementos.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si deseas más de un párrafo en un solo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
elemento
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
de la lista, una forma de conseguirlo es mediante un
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Espacio
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
protegido
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, pulsando
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ctrl+Retorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Para salir de la lista tienes que volver a seleccionar el entorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Normal
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(o usar la combinación de teclas
|
2012-01-05 00:06:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "shortcut"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "layout Standard"
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
).
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Has conseguido una bonita lista no numerada.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Puedes ejecutar \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
para ver cómo aparece en la salida impresa.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Pero, ¿y si querías numerar las razones? Bien, simplemente selecciona toda
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
la lista
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
no te dejará seleccionar el primer bolo a menos que selecciones el párrafo
|
2013-02-23 19:40:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
anterior a la lista (o el número en el título de una sección), que probablement
|
|
|
|
|
e no es lo que quieres hacer.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Esto es intencionado, porque la marca o el número dependen de la configuración
|
|
|
|
|
del documento o de la posición del texto, respectivamente.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y elige el entorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Enumeración
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2012-02-14 21:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en el menú o usa el botón
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "layout Enumerate"
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-02-14 21:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
¡Pum! Como ya dijimos, si añades o borras un elemento de la lista, \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
corrige
|
|
|
|
|
la numeración.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Mientras la lista esté seleccionada, puedes cambiar a los otros dos entornos,
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Descripción
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2012-01-05 00:06:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Lista
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-05 00:06:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
|
Etiquetado
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
(
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "layout Description"
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
y
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "layout List"
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
), para ver cómo son.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Para ambos, cada elemento de la lista está compuesto por un término, que
|
|
|
|
|
es la primera palabra del elemento, seguido de una definición, que es el
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
resto del párrafo (hasta que pulses
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Retorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
).
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
El término se escribe en negrita (
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Descripción
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
) o separado del resto del párrafo por un tabulador
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Pero un tabulador de composición, que cambiará para ajustarse al tamaño
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
del mayor término de la lista, no un rígido, inmutable y patético
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Tabulador
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
de máquina de escribir.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Lista
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
).
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si quieres más de una palabra en la definición, separa las palabras con
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Espacios
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
protegidos
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
|
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ejercicio
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
: Escribe la lista en el archivo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-02-25 18:12:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Puedes anidar listas unas dentro de otras en toda clase de formas interesantes.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Un ejemplo sería escribir esquemas.
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Las listas sin numerar y numeradas tendrán diferentes tipos de marcas y
|
|
|
|
|
diferente numeración en las sublistas.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Véase la
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Guía del usuario
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para los detalles de los distintos tipos de listas, así como ejemplos de
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
anidación.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Otros entornos: estrofas, citas y demás
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Hay dos entornos para separar las citas del texto que las rodea:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Citar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para citas cortas y
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Cita
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para las más largas.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
El código de computadora (el entorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Código-\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, usado también en este
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Tutorial
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para ejemplos largos) se escribe en letra de
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ancho fijo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
; este entorno es el único sitio en \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
donde se permite usar varios espacios
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
seguidos para permitir el sangrado del código.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Puedes incluso escribir poesía mediante el entorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Verso
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, usando la tecla
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Retorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para separar estrofas, y
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ctrl+Retorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para separar líneas dentro de una estrofa.
|
|
|
|
|
Véase la
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\shape italic
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Guía del usuario
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\shape default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para una descripción más completa de todos los entornos disponibles en
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
|
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ejercicio
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
: Usa los entornos
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Citar, Código-\SpecialChar LyX
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
,
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Verso
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
donde corresponda en el archivo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-02-25 18:12:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Escribiendo documentos
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Esperamos que el capítulo anterior te haya servido para acostumbrarte a
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
escribir con \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Te hemos presentado las operaciones básicas de edición, así como el potente
|
|
|
|
|
método de escribir con entornos.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Sin embargo, la mayoría de la gente que usa \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
querrá escribir documentos:
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
periódicos, artículos, libros, manuales o cartas.
|
|
|
|
|
Este capítulo pretende que pases de escribir simple texto a escribir un
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
documento completo.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Te presentará las clases de texto, que te permiten crear distintos tipos
|
|
|
|
|
de documentos, y te describirá muchas características nuevas que convierten
|
|
|
|
|
texto en un documento, como títulos, notas a pie de página, referencias
|
|
|
|
|
cruzadas, bibliografías e índices.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Clases de documento
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
name "sec:Clases-de-documento"
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Diferentes tipos de documentos deben componerse de forma diferente.
|
|
|
|
|
Por ejemplo, normalmente los libros se imprimen a doble cara, mientras
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
que los artículos se imprimen a una cara.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Además, muchos documentos contienen entornos especiales: las cartas tienen
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
entornos —como la dirección del remitente o la firma— que no tienen sentido
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en un libro o un artículo.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Las
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
clases de documento
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Para usuarios de \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
: equivalen a las clases de documento de \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
(
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
documentclass
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
).
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
se encargan de estas grandes diferencias entre los distintos tipos de documento.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Este Tutorial, por ejemplo, se ha escrito con la clase de texto
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Libro
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Estas clases son otro de los grandes pilares de la filosofía WYSIWYM; le
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
dicen a \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
cómo tiene que componer el documento, así que tú no necesitas
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
saber cómo.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Tu documento se está escribiendo seguramente con la clase
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Artículo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Normalmente el artículo es la clase de texto por omisión.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Prueba a cambiar a otras clases (opción
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Clase
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en el menú
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Documento\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Configuración
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
) para ver cómo se compone cada una de ellas.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si la cambias a
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Libro
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y miras en la lista de
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Entorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
s, verás que la mayoría de entornos permitidos son los mismos.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Sin embargo, ahora puedes utilizar el entorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Capítulo.
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si alguna vez no estás seguro de cuáles tienes disponibles en una clase
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
de texto dada, sólo tienes que consultar la caja de
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Entornos.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
El tamaño de letra, la impresión a una o dos columnas, o los encabezados
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
de página son sólo algunas de las cosas que diferencian los diseños de
|
|
|
|
|
distintas publicaciones.
|
|
|
|
|
Conforme la Era Digital ha ido madurando, se ha ido generalizando la admisión
|
|
|
|
|
por parte de los editores de escritos en soporte electrónico, para lo que
|
|
|
|
|
se crean
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
archivos de estilo
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
para que los autores puedan enviar sus artículos correctamente maquetados.
|
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
también está preparado para esto.
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Así por ejemplo, ofrece soporte para la composición (y entornos adicionales)
|
|
|
|
|
de artículos para las publicaciones de la
|
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
|
American Mathematics Society
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
|
mediante la clase de documento
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Article
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(AMS).
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
A continuación te damos una breve referencia rápida de algunas clases de
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
documento.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Véase la sección
|
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
|
Clases especiales de documentos
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
|
en el manual
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Características adicionales
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para más detalles.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\align center
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Tabular
|
|
|
|
|
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
|
|
|
|
|
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
|
|
|
|
|
<row>
|
|
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Nombre
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
</cell>
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Notas
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
</cell>
|
|
|
|
|
</row>
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
<row>
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
artículo
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
</cell>
|
|
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
una cara, sin capítulos
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
</cell>
|
|
|
|
|
</row>
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
<row>
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
article (AMS)
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
</cell>
|
|
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
formato y entornos para American Math Society
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
</cell>
|
|
|
|
|
</row>
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
<row>
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
informe
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
</cell>
|
|
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
más largo que artículo, doble cara
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
</cell>
|
|
|
|
|
</row>
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
<row>
|
|
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
libro
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
</cell>
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
informe + portada y final
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
</cell>
|
|
|
|
|
</row>
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
<row>
|
|
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
presentación
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
</cell>
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
transparencias
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
</cell>
|
|
|
|
|
</row>
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
<row>
|
|
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
carta
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
</cell>
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Text
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
muchos entornos extras para dirección, firma\SpecialChar ldots
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
</cell>
|
|
|
|
|
</row>
|
|
|
|
|
</lyxtabular>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Plantillas: escribir una carta
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Una forma de escribir una carta sería abrir un
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Nuevo
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
archivo, y elegir
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Carta
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en el menú
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Clase
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
del diálogo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Documento\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Configuración
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Aunque esta es la manera más obvia de hacerlo, supone más trabajo de lo
|
|
|
|
|
necesario.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Cada vez que escribes una carta de negocios pones tu dirección, la del
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
destinatario, el cuerpo, la firma, etc.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Por tanto, \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
ofrece una
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
plantilla
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para cartas, que contiene un modelo de carta; una vez que tienes el modelo,
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sólo tienes que sustituir un par de cosas cada vez que quieras escribir
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
una nueva carta.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Abre un archivo nuevo con
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Archivo\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Nuevo
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
desde
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
plantilla
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Elige
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
letter.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en la ventana
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Seleccionar
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
plantilla
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Guarda e imprime el archivo para ver cómo se componen los distintos entornos.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si te fijas en el cuadro desplegable de entornos verás algunos de ellos,
|
|
|
|
|
como
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Mi
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
dirección
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(dirección del remitente), que no están disponibles en otras clases.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Otros, como
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Enumeración
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
o
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Descripción
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, ya son conocidos.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Puedes jugar con ellos para ver cómo funcionan.
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Por ejemplo, verás que en el entorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Firma
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
se muestra la palabra
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
|
Firma:
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en rojo delante del texto de la misma.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Esta palabra no se muestra en la verdadera carta, como podrás ver si ves/imprim
|
|
|
|
|
es el archivo.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Sólo está ahí para que sepas dónde va la firma.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ten en cuenta también que no importa dónde esté situada la línea
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Firma.
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Recuerda que \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
es WYSIWYM, así que puedes poner el entorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Firma
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en el lugar que quieras, porque \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
sabe que en la salida impresa la firma
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
debe ir al final.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Una plantilla es simplemente un archivo de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Esto quiere decir que puedes completarlo con tu dirección y tu firma y
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
guardarlo como una plantilla nueva.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
A partir de ahora, siempre que quieras escribir una carta ahorrarás tiempo
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
usando tu nueva plantilla.
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
No necesitamos sugerirte aquí un verdadero
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ejercicio
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, ¡sólo escribe una carta a alguien!
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Una advertencia si estás escribiendo a partir de una plantilla.
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si borras todo el texto de un entorno —por ejemplo, si borras todo el campo
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Mi
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Dirección
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para poder poner tu propia dirección— y entonces mueves el cursor sin escribir
|
|
|
|
|
nada, el entorno podría desaparecer.
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Esto se debe a que muchos entornos no pueden existir sin contener texto.
|
|
|
|
|
Para restituirlo, solamente tienes que volver a seleccionarlo en el cuadro
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Entorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Las plantillas pueden ahorrar muchísimo tiempo, así que te instamos a que
|
|
|
|
|
las uses siempre que puedas.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Además, te pueden ayudar a usar algunas de las clases de texto más elaboradas
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y complejas.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Finalmente, pueden ser útiles para alguien que quiera configurar \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
para
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
un grupo de usuarios poco experimentados con las computadoras.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
A la hora de empezar a trabajar con \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
, resulta mucho menos intimidatorio
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
tener, por ejemplo, un modelo de carta personalizado para tu empresa.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Título del documento
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
(al igual que \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
) considera el título —que puede incluir el título propiamente
|
|
|
|
|
dicho, el autor, la fecha e incluso el resumen del documento— como una
|
|
|
|
|
parte independiente.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Vuelve a tu documento
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
nuevo-archivo.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y asegúrate de que está usando la clase de texto
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Artículo.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
No debes usar la clase carta, ya que ésta no permite títulos.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Escribe un título en la primera línea, y cámbiala al entorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Título
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
En la siguiente línea escribe tu nombre y cámbiala a entorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Autor.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
En la siguiente escribe la fecha en el entorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Fecha.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Escribe un párrafo o dos resumiendo el contenido de tu documento y usa
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
el entorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Resumen.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ahora mira cómo queda una vez impreso.
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si cambias la clase de documento a
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Libro
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
, obtendrás el título en una página separada, como la primera página de
|
|
|
|
|
este tutorial.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
|
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ejercicio
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series default
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
: Arregla el título, la fecha y el autor en
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-02-25 18:12:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Etiquetas y referencias cruzadas
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Puedes etiquetar encabezados de sección, ítems de una lista, ecuaciones,
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
notas al pie y flotantes.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Los flotantes se explican en los manuales
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
|
Guía del usuario
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Objetos insertados
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-23 19:40:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Una vez que lo hagas puedes hacer referencia a esta elemento desde otras
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
partes del documento mediante referencias cruzadas.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Puedes referirte al número de sección o bien a la página donde aparece.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Como sucede con las secciones o las notas a pie de página, el propio \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
se
|
|
|
|
|
encarga también de la numeración de las referencias.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
La gestión automática de etiquetas y referencias cruzadas es una de las
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
mayores ventajas de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
(y \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
) sobre los procesadores de texto convencionales.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Tu primera etiqueta
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Vamos a marcar nuestra segunda sección, cuyo título es
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acerca de este documento
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Coloca el cursor al final de la línea del título, y selecciona el menú
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Etiqueta
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
o pulsa el icono
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "label-insert"
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Se desplegará una ventana de diálogo preguntándote el nombre de la etiqueta,
|
|
|
|
|
y ofreciéndote una sugerencia.
|
|
|
|
|
Al pulsar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Aceptar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, el nombre de la etiqueta aparecerá en un cuadro junto al título de la
|
|
|
|
|
sección.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Hasta ahora no hemos hecho nada (la salida tiene el mismo aspecto, ya que
|
|
|
|
|
las etiquetas no se muestran en el documento impreso).
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Sin embargo, ahora que has añadido una etiqueta, puedes hacer referencia
|
|
|
|
|
a ella mediante una referencia cruzada.
|
|
|
|
|
Esto es lo que haremos a continuación.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Tu primera referencia cruzada
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Sitúa el cursor en algún lugar de la sección 2 de tu documento.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Escribe
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si quieres saber más acerca de este documento,
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mira la sección.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ahora, con el cursor delante del punto final, elige
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Referencia cruzada
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
o pulsa el icono
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Aparecerá una ventana de diálogo que muestra una lista de etiquetas posibles
|
|
|
|
|
a las que puedes hacer referencia.
|
|
|
|
|
Por el momento sólo habrá una,
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sec:Acerca-de-este-documento
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Selecciónala (puede estar seleccionada por omisión) y en el menú desplegable
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Formato
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
elige
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
<referencia> en página <página>
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Se mostrará un marcador de referencia con
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Referencia+Texto: sec:Acerca-de-este-documento
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
|
(Para que quede bien en la salida, lo correcto es poner un
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
|
Espacio protegido
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2013-02-23 19:40:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(atajo
|
2013-04-21 20:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
|
Ctrl+Espacio
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2013-02-23 19:40:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
) entre la palabra
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sección
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y el recuadro marcador de la referencia).
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Como alternativa a
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Referencia cruzada
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
puedes hacer clic derecho sobre una etiqueta y, en el menú contextual que
|
|
|
|
|
aparece, marcar
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
|
Copiar como referencia
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
La referencia cruzada a esta etiqueta está ahora en el portapapeles y puede
|
|
|
|
|
pegarse en la posición actual del cursor con el menú
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Editar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2009-01-18 18:43:39 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Pegar
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(atajo
|
2012-01-05 00:06:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "shortcut"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "paste"
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
).
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
En el documento impreso, cada marcador de referencia será reemplazado por
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
el número de página y de sección.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
En el documento de salida, \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
habrá hecho su trabajo y verás cómo aparece
|
2013-04-21 20:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
la referencia a la
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sección
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-21 20:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en esta página
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
en página anterior
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-21 20:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en la página
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-21 20:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
|
n
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-21 20:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(donde
|
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
|
n
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
|
es el número de la página en la que aparezca el título de la sección 2).
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
|
De una manera bastante práctica, las referencias actúan como enlaces de
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
hipertexto cuando estás editando el documento con \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
; pinchando sobre una
|
|
|
|
|
de ellas mostrará el diálogo
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Referencia
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
cruzada
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
, y el botón
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ir
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
la
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
etiqueta
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
llevará el cursor hasta la etiqueta referenciada.
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Más diversión con etiquetas
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Te hemos dicho que \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
se encarga por sí solo de la numeración de las referencias
|
|
|
|
|
cruzadas; ahora podrás comprobarlo.
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Añade una nueva sección antes de la sección
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2.
|
2013-04-21 20:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Actualiza la vista previa, y —voilà!— la referencia ha cambiado a la sección
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
3.
|
|
|
|
|
Convierte la sección
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acerca de este documento
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en una subsección, y la referencia indicará ahora la subsección
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1 en lugar de la sección
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
3.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Por supuesto, la referencia de página no cambiará a menos que añadas una
|
|
|
|
|
página entera antes de la etiqueta.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si quieres practicar algo más con las etiquetas, prueba a poner otra donde
|
|
|
|
|
estaba la primera referencia cruzada, y haz referencia a aquella desde
|
|
|
|
|
cualquier parte del documento.
|
|
|
|
|
Si vas a usar las referencias a menudo puede ser conveniente que dejes
|
|
|
|
|
la ventana de diálogo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Referencia
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
cruzada
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
abierta.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si quieres asegurarte de que las referencias a páginas se mantengan correctas
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
incluso en documentos extensos, usa
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Copiar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para llevar un par de páginas de la
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Guía del usuario
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
al portapapeles, y usa
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Pegar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para insertar este texto en tu documento.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Por cierto, copiar un capítulo causará un error de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
, ya que los capítulos
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
no se permiten en la clase artículo.
|
|
|
|
|
Si te sucede, borra simplemente el título de capítulo.
|
|
|
|
|
Si quieres saber por qué ocurre esto, ve a la sección
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
reference "sec:Clases-de-documento"
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
|
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ejercicio
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
: Arregla las referencias en el archivo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-02-25 18:12:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Notas a pie de página y notas al margen
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Las notas a pie de página se pueden añadir usando el botón
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "footnote-insert"
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
de la barra de herramientas o bien accediendo en el menú a
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Nota
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
al
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
pie
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar endofsentence
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Pincha al final de la palabra
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en cualquier parte de tu documento y pulsa el botón
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "footnote-insert"
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Se mostrará un cuadro con la etiqueta
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
pie
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
en donde puedes introducir el texto de la nota.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
sitúa el cursor al principio de la línea del cuadro.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Escribe:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
es un procesador de composición tipográfica de
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline linebreak
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
textos.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ahora pulsa sobre la etiqueta
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
pie
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
El cuadro de la nota desaparece, dejando sólo la etiqueta
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
pie
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, mostrando el sitio donde aparecerá el marcador de la nota en el texto
|
|
|
|
|
impreso.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
A esto se le denomina
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
plegar
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
el cuadro de la nota.
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Puedes desplegar la nota en cualquier momento —y volver a editar el texto
|
|
|
|
|
si quieres— pulsando de nuevo sobre la etiqueta
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pie
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Una nota al pie puede ser cortada y pegada como texto normal.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Adelante, ¡inténtalo! Todo lo que necesitas es seleccionar el marcador
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Puede ser más fácil seleccionarla con el teclado, ya que puedes abrir sin
|
|
|
|
|
querer la nota si estás intentando seleccionar el marcador con el ratón.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
,
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Cortar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
lo y
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Pegar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
lo.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Además, puedes convertir texto normal en una nota, basta que lo selecciones
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y pulses el botón
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "footnote-insert"
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
; convierte una nota en texto normal pulsando la tecla
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
|
Retroceso
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
cuando el cursor está en la primera posición de una nota al pie, o pulsando
|
|
|
|
|
la tecla
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
|
Suprimir
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
cuando el cursor está en la última posición de la nota al pie, respectivamente.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Las notas al margen se pueden añadir mediante el botón
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "marginalnote-insert"
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
o bien el menú
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Nota
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
al
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
margen
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar endofsentence
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Son como las notas a pie de página, salvo que:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
los marcadores en pantalla dicen
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
margen
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en vez de
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
pie
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2013-04-21 20:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
las notas se sitúan en el margen de la página, en vez de bajo el texto
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
no se numeran
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Convierte ahora tu nota al pie en texto, selecciónala y conviértela en una
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
nota al margen.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ejecuta \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
de nuevo para ver su aspecto.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
|
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ejercicio
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
: Arregla la nota a pie de página en
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-02-25 18:12:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Bibliografía
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
name "sec:Bibliografía"
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Las bibliografías funcionan de manera similar a las referencias cruzadas.
|
|
|
|
|
La bibliografía contiene una lista de referencias al final del documento
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
que pueden ser referenciadas desde cualquier parte del texto.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Al igual que los títulos de sección, \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
y \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
hacen tu trabajo más fácil numerando
|
|
|
|
|
automáticamente los elementos de la bibliografía y modificando las referencias
|
|
|
|
|
cuando la numeración cambia.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ve al final del documento y activa el entorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Bibliografía.
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ahora, cada párrafo que escribas será una referencia.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Escribe
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
El Tutorial de Lyx, por el equipo de documentación de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
como primera
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline linebreak
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
referencia.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Observa que \SpecialChar LyX
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
pone automáticamente un número en un recuadro antes de cada
|
|
|
|
|
referencia.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Pincha con el ratón en el recuadro, y se abrirá una ventana de diálogo
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para configurar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Entrada
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
bibliográfica
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
La
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
|
clave
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
sirve para referirse a esta entrada en el documento \SpecialChar LyX
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
La
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
|
Etiqueta
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
aparece en la salida.
|
|
|
|
|
Si no se pone
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
|
Etiqueta
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
(por omisión), en la salida se muestra el número.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Cambia la clave a
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tutorialdelyx
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para que sea fácil de recordar.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ahora escoge un lugar cualquiera del documento donde quisieras insertar
|
|
|
|
|
una referencia.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Hazlo con
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Cita
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
o con el botón
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Aparecerá la ventana
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Cita
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
En un panel de este cuadro de diálogo están todas las entradas de bibliografía
|
|
|
|
|
disponibles, y te permite elegir cuál de ellas quieres citar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Selecciona
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
tutorialdelyx
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(en este momento es el único elemento de la bibliografía) y pulsa el botón
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Añadir
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y después
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Aplicar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
|
(Puedes tener múltiples citas en el mismo sitio transfiriendo un número
|
|
|
|
|
de claves de esta forma).
|
2013-02-23 19:40:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2013-04-21 20:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2013-02-23 19:40:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2013-04-21 20:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si usas para las referencias nombres fáciles de recordar, será más fácil
|
|
|
|
|
encontrar la entrada en la lista de las mismas.
|
2013-02-23 19:40:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-21 20:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ahora, en la vista previa del documento verás que la cita aparece entre
|
|
|
|
|
corchetes en el documento, enlazando a la bibliografía al final del documento.
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
|
El campo
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Texto
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
después
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2013-02-23 19:40:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en la ventana de
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Cita
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
pondrá un comentario (como una referencia a una página o capítulo del libro
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
o artículo) entre corchetes tras la referencia.
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si quieres que las referencias tengan etiquetas en vez de números en la
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
salida impresa (por ejemplo, algunos periódicos usarían
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Smi95]
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para hacer referencia a un artículo escrito por Smith en 1995), utiliza
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
el campo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Etiqueta
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en la ventana de configuración de
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
entrada
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
bibliográfica
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Tienes más información en la
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Guía del usuario
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
|
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ejercicio:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Arregla la bibliografía y las citas en
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-02-25 18:12:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Índice general
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Puede que quieras poner un índice al principio de tu documento.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
hace que esto sea algo muy fácil.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Simplemente pulsa
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Retorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
después del título del documento y antes del título de la primera sección,
|
|
|
|
|
y elige en el menú
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Índices\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
|
|
|
|
General
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Aparecerá un recuadro con las palabras
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Índice general
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en la primera línea del documento.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2013-04-21 20:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Esto puede parecer no muy útil.
|
|
|
|
|
Sin embargo, si observas la vista previa, verás que se ha generado un índice
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
con todas las secciones y subsecciones de tu documento.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Una vez más, si reordenas las secciones o añades alguna, estos cambios
|
2013-04-21 20:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
se verán reflejados en la vista previa cuando la actualices.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
El índice no se imprime en la versión en pantalla del documento porque no
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
puedes editarlo de ninguna manera.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Sin embargo, puedes mostrarlo en una ventana separada pinchado con el ratón
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en el recuadro del índice o bien mediante
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ver\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Panel
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
del
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
esquema
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
o con el botón
|
2012-01-05 00:06:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "dialog-toggle toc"
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Este menú funcionará incluso si no has insertado un índice general en tu
|
|
|
|
|
documento.
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Este panel es una herramienta muy práctica.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Puedes usarla para moverte a través de tu documento.
|
|
|
|
|
Pulsando en una (sub)sección del índice se resaltará esa línea y el cursor
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
se moverá a ese lugar del documento en la ventana de edición de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
También puedes usar los cursores para moverte arriba y abajo en el índice.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Puede que te resulte conveniente dejar esta ventana abierta a lo largo
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
de las sesiones de edición.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
No obstante, el menú
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
|
Navegar
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
, donde se muestra automáticamente el índice, ofrece una función similar.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Para deshacerte del índice, puedes borrar su marcador como cualquier otro
|
|
|
|
|
carácter.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
|
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ejercicio
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
: Arregla el índice en
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-02-25 18:12:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Usando las matemáticas
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
es utilizado por muchos científicos porque ofrece una gran calidad en el
|
|
|
|
|
aspecto de las ecuaciones, evitando los caracteres de control usados por
|
|
|
|
|
otros procesadores de texto y sus editores de ecuaciones.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Sin embargo, muchos de estos científicos se sienten frustrados porque escribir
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ecuaciones con \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
se parece más a programar que a escribir.
|
|
|
|
|
Afortunadamente, \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
tiene soporte WYSIWYM para las ecuaciones.
|
|
|
|
|
Si estás acostumbrado a \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
, verás que sus comandos habituales para estructuras
|
|
|
|
|
matemáticas se pueden escribir normalmente, pero se mostrarán de forma
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
WYSIWYM.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Por el contrario, si nunca has usado \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
, el
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Panel
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
de
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ecuaciones
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
te permitirá escribir matemáticas de apariencia profesional de una forma
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rápida y fácil.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
El modo matemático
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Escribe en cualquier parte de tu documento:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout LyX-Code
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Me gusta lo que dijo Einstein, E=mc^2, porque es
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Newline newline
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tan sencillo\SpecialChar ldots
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ahora la ecuación no tiene muy buen aspecto en \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
ni en la salida; no hay
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ningún espacio entre las letras y el signo igual, y te gustaría escribir
|
|
|
|
|
el
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
como un verdadero exponente.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Esta composición tan simple se debe a que no le hemos dicho a \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
que estamos
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
escribiendo una expresión matemática, así que la compone como texto normal.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2013-04-21 20:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Veamos cómo poner dicha expresión para que se muestre correctamente impresa
|
|
|
|
|
en modo matemático: selecciona la ecuación y pulsa el botón de la barra
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
de herramientas
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "math-mode"
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-21 20:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
o usa el menú
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
|
|
|
|
Ecuación\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
En
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
línea
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si no hay nada seleccionado, \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
inserta un pequeño recuadro azul que corresponde
|
|
|
|
|
a una ecuación vacía, en un marco en color magenta.
|
2013-04-21 20:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
En cuanto se escribe algo dentro del recuadro azul, este desaparece y la
|
|
|
|
|
expresión en modo matemático se muestra en color azul.
|
|
|
|
|
Pulsa
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Esc
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2013-04-21 20:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para salir de la ecuación.
|
|
|
|
|
El marco magenta desaparece, dejando el cursor a la derecha de la expresión.
|
|
|
|
|
Ahora, lo que escribas será texto normal.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2013-04-21 20:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
En el documento de salida podrás observar que la expresión se imprime adecuadame
|
|
|
|
|
nte, con espacios entre las letras y el signo igual, y el
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-21 20:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
como exponente.
|
|
|
|
|
Se asume que en modo matemático las letras son variables, y por tanto aparecen
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en cursiva.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Los números son sólo números y no van en cursiva.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Este modo matemático es otro ejemplo de la filosofía WYSIWYM.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
En \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
, escribes una expresión matemática mediante texto e instrucciones como
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sqrt
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
; esto puede ser desesperante, ya que no puedes ver cómo queda la expresión
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
hasta que ejecutas \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
, y puedes perder mucho tiempo buscando algún paréntesis
|
|
|
|
|
que falte u otros fallos.
|
|
|
|
|
Por el contrario, \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
no pretende que la expresión aparezca perfecta en la
|
|
|
|
|
pantalla (WYSIWYG), pero te da una buena idea de cuál será su aspecto impreso.
|
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
se encarga de la composición profesional.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Navegando por una ecuación
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ahora vamos a cambiar
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $E=1+mc^{2}$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Usa los cursores para introducirte en la expresión.
|
|
|
|
|
Observa que cuando entras en la expresión el rectángulo magenta aparece
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para informarte de que estás de nuevo en modo matemático.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ahora puedes utilizar las teclas
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Flecha
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
izquierda
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Flecha
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
derecha
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para mover el cursor tras el signo de igualdad, y escribir
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1+
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
De nuevo, utiliza los cursores o
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Esc
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para salir de la expresión, con lo que desaparece el rectángulo magenta.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Salvo para las teclas especiales descritas más adelante, escribir en el
|
|
|
|
|
modo matemático es como editar texto normal.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Usa
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Suprimir
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(o
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Retroceso
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
) para borrar.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Selecciona texto tanto con los cursores como con el ratón.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Editar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Deshacer
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
funciona de la misma forma, al igual que cortar y pegar.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Hay una cosa con la que debes tener cuidado: si estás fuera de la expresión
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y pulsas
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Suprimir
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(o
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Retroceso
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
) la borrarás entera.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Afortunadamente puedes
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Deshacer
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para recuperarla.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
¿Y qué ocurre si quieres cambiar
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2.5}+1$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
? Una vez más, puedes utilizar el ratón para pinchar en el sitio que vas
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
a modificar.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
También puedes utilizar las teclas de dirección.
|
|
|
|
|
Si el cursor se encuentra detrás de la
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
y delante del
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, pulsando
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Arriba
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
moverás el cursor al nivel del superíndice, justo antes del
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Añade el
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.5
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ahora, pulsando
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Flecha
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
abajo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
devolverás el cursor al nivel normal.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si pulsas
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
|
|
|
|
Espacio
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
en vez de
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Flecha
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
abajo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, el cursor se sitúa justo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
detrás
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
del exponente (así puedes introducir el
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+1
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
).
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
|
|
|
|
Exponentes e índices
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Un exponente se puede introducir desde la
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Barra
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
de
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
herramientas
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
matemáticas
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, pero es más sencillo pulsar la tecla del acento circunflejo
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
^
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
N.
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
del t.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
: Si el teclado está configurado con teclas muertas –como es habitual con
|
|
|
|
|
los acentos en español–, debes teclear
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
^
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
dos veces para acceder al modo exponente.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
coloca otro recuadro azul en el superíndice, de modo que lo siguiente
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
que introduzcas será superíndice, con un tamaño de letra menor.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Todo lo que escribas hasta que pulses
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Espacio
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(o
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Esc
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para salir completamente de la expresión) será puesto en superíndice.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Escribir un subíndice es igual de fácil: para comenzar se pulsa la tecla
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
de subrayado,
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Puedes introducir subíndices y superíndices tanto en subíndices como en
|
|
|
|
|
superíndices, como en esta fórmula:
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $A_{a_{0}+b^{2}}+C^{a_{0}+b^{2}}$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
|
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ejercicio
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
: Pon la ecuación 1 del archivo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-02-25 18:12:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en modo matemático.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
La barra de herramientas matemáticas
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
La
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Barra
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
de
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
herramientas
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
matemáticas
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
es una forma adecuada de introducir símbolos o construir complejas estructuras
|
|
|
|
|
matemáticas.
|
|
|
|
|
Muchas de estas operaciones se pueden hacer con el teclado o con los menús
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ecuación
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
o
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Editar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ecuación
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2013-04-21 20:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(este último solo se muestra si el cursor está en una ecuación).
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Sin embargo, nos vamos a concentrar en el uso de las
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Barras
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
de
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
herramientas
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
matemáticas
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, para que sepas lo que contienen; puedes aprender atajos de teclado más
|
|
|
|
|
tarde, en otros manuales.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
La
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Barra
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
de
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
herramientas
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
matemáticas
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
se muestra cuando el cursor está en una ecuación y también se puede mostrar
|
|
|
|
|
manualmente en el menú
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ver\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Barras
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
de
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
herramientas
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si ahí pulsas sobre
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ecuaciones
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
la barra de herramientas (
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "toolbar-toggle math"
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
) se mostrará permanentemente en la parte inferior de la ventana; este estado
|
|
|
|
|
se visualiza en el menú con una marca.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si en ese estado vuelves a pulsar
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ecuaciones
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en el menú
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Barras
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
de
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
herramientas
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, la
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Barra
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
de
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
herramientas
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
matemáticas
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
sólo se verá cuando el cursor se encuentre en una ecuación; este estado
|
|
|
|
|
se visualiza en el menú renombrando la entrada
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ecuaciones
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
a
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ecuaciones
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(auto)
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2007-11-22 00:13:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Símbolos y letras griegas
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
La
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Barra
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
de
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
herramientas
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
matemáticas
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
te permite escoger entre un amplio conjunto de símbolos usados en matemáticas:
|
|
|
|
|
flechas varias, relaciones, operadores, sumas e integrales.
|
|
|
|
|
Observa que los subíndices y los superíndices te permiten poner límites
|
|
|
|
|
inferiores y superiores en sumas e integrales.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2013-02-23 19:40:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Raíces, decoraciones y delimitadores
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Para escribir una raíz cuadrada sólo tienes que pulsar el botón
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
La raíz aparece, y el cursor va a un nuevo punto de inserción dentro de
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ella.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Aquí puedes introducir variables, números, otras raíces cuadradas, fracciones
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y todo lo que quieras.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
irá cambiando automáticamente el tamaño de la raíz para que se ajuste
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
a su contenido.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
La colocación de tildes en una letra (
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{v}$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
) o grupo de letras (
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{a+b}$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
) se realiza de la misma forma.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Las decoraciones están disponibles en el botón
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "math-insert \\hat"
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
de la barra de herramientas.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Pincha en una de las decoraciones, y \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
la imprimirá con un punto de inserción
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
debajo (o encima).
|
|
|
|
|
Escribe lo que quieras en el punto de inserción.
|
|
|
|
|
Hay dos conjuntos de decoraciones: las que se adaptan al texto que escribas
|
|
|
|
|
y las que son apropiadas para una sola letra.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Los delimitadores (como paréntesis, corchetes y llaves) funcionan de forma
|
|
|
|
|
similar, pero son un poco más complicados.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Pulsa el botón
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
para abrir la ventana
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Delimitador
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Selecciona un delimitador izquierdo y un delimitador derecho.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(De forma alternativa, puedes definir simultáneamente los dos delimitadores
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
si el botón
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Mantener
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
iguales
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
está activo).
|
|
|
|
|
En cada instante, tu selección de delimitadores aparece en un recuadro
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en la parte inferior de la ventana.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Por omisión es un par de paréntesis, pero con este método de selección
|
|
|
|
|
puedes elegir un par de llaves, una llave y un paréntesis, o incluso elegir
|
|
|
|
|
el delimitador vacío para obtener algo así:
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $a=\left\langle 7\right.$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(el delimitador vacío se muestra como una línea negra discontinua en \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
,
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
pero no aparece en la salida).
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si eres un poco vago, puedes escribir los paréntesis normales desde el teclado
|
|
|
|
|
en modo matemático, en vez de usar la ventana
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Delimitadores
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Sin embargo, estos paréntesis tendrán el mismo tamaño que el texto normal,
|
|
|
|
|
lo cual quedará bastante mal si encierran una fracción o una matriz grande.
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
En estos casos es mejor usar uno de los tres botones para insertar directamente
|
2013-02-24 01:01:49 +00:00
|
|
|
|
los delimitadores, por ejemplo
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "math-delim ( )"
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
También puedes poner delimitadores, o una raíz cuadrada o una tilde sobre
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
texto ya existente.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Selecciona la porción de fórmula que quieres ajustar, y pulsa el botón
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
que quieras de la
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Barra
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
de
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
herramientas.
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Prueba a hacer esto para cambiar la segunda ley de Newton de forma escalar
|
|
|
|
|
a forma vectorial (
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $f=ma$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{f}=m\overrightarrow{a}$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
).
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Una vez que hayas aprendido a hacer matrices, esta será la manera de encerrarla
|
|
|
|
|
s entre paréntesis o corchetes.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Fracciones
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Para crear una fracción pica el botón
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "math-insert \\frac-square"
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
en la
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Barra
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
de
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
herramientas
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
matemáticas
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
coloca dos puntos de inserción.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Como cabría esperar, puedes usar los cursores o el ratón para moverte a
|
|
|
|
|
través de la fracción.
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Coloca el cursor en el cuadro de arriba y escribe
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Después pulsa
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Abajo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y escribe
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
¡Acabas de hacer una fracción! Por supuesto, puedes escribir cualquier
|
2011-04-10 10:33:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
cosa dentro de cada uno de los dos marcos: variables con exponentes, raíces
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
cuadradas, otras fracciones, cualquier cosa.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
|
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ejercicio
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
: Pon la ecuación 2 en el archivo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-02-25 18:12:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en modo matemático.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Modo \SpecialChar TeX
|
|
|
|
|
: límites, logaritmos, senos y otros
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Como las letras en modo ecuación se consideran variables, si introduces
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sin
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
cree que estás escribiendo el producto de tres variables
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $s$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
,
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $i$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
, y
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $n$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Las tres se imprimirán en cursiva, cuando lo que realmente querías era
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
la palabra
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sin
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
escrita en letra normal.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Además, no se pondrá espacio alguno entre
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sin
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
y la
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(pulsar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Espacio
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
saldrá del modo matemático).
|
|
|
|
|
Así que, ¿cómo conseguir
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $\sin x$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
en vez de
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $sinx$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
?
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Pulsando el botón
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "math-insert \\functions"
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
de la
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Barra
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
de
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
herramientas
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
matemáticas
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
se muestra una lista de funciones en la que puedes elegir
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sin
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
|
La palabra
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sin
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
se muestra en \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
en letra negra romana vertical.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
La palabra entera es tratada como un solo símbolo, así que si pulsas
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Retroceso
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
se borrará toda la palabra.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ahora escribe
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, que aparecerá en cursiva azul, como es habitual en una ecuación.
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
En la salida, la expresión se imprimirá correctamente.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Inténtalo.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
N.
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
del t.
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
: El estilo
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
spanish
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
del paquete
|
|
|
|
|
\series bold
|
|
|
|
|
babel
|
|
|
|
|
\series default
|
|
|
|
|
permite escribir esta función en español.
|
|
|
|
|
Para ello, dentro de la ecuación, pulsa el botón
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "ert-insert"
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
y escribe
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sen
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tras la contrabarra en rojo, pulsa
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Espacio
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y escribe
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
x
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
:
|
2008-06-21 01:51:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $\sen x$
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(Véase la sección
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
reference "sec:latexusers"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
).
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
|
La lista de funciones incluye otras funciones trigonométricas y sus inversas,
|
|
|
|
|
funciones hiperbólicas, logaritmos, límites, y unas pocas más.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Todas aceptan subíndices y superíndices, lo cual es importante para poder
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
escribir
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $\cos^{2}\theta$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{n\rightarrow\infty}$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ejercicio
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
: Pon la ecuación 3 del archivo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-02-25 18:12:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en modo matemático.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Matrices
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Pulsa en el botón
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
en la
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Barra
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
de
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
herramientas
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
matemáticas
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Se abrirá una ventana del mismo nombre, con dos barras deslizantes para
|
|
|
|
|
que elijas cuántas filas y columnas quieres que tenga tu matriz.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Selecciona 2 filas y 3 columnas y pulsa
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Aceptar.
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
imprime seis puntos de inserción formando una matriz
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $2\times3$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Como siempre, puedes introducir cualquier clase de expresión matemática
|
|
|
|
|
(un raíz cuadrada, otra matriz, etc) en cada uno de ellos.
|
|
|
|
|
También puedes dejar alguno vacío si quieres.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Puedes usar el
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Tabulador
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para moverte horizontalmente entre las columnas de la matriz.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
De manera alternativa, puedes usar las teclas de dirección para desplazarte
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(pulsando
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Flecha
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
derecha
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
al final de un cuadro moverá el cursor al siguiente,
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Flecha
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
abajo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
lo moverá a la siguiente fila, etc).
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
|
|
|
|
Si necesitas cambiar el número de filas y columnas, usa el menú
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Editar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2009-05-02 19:18:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Filas
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
y
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
columnas
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2011-04-10 10:33:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
o los botones de la barra de herramientas de cuadros
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
2016-01-27 17:35:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
arg "tabular-feature append-row"
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
,
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
2016-01-27 17:35:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
arg "tabular-feature delete-row"
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
,
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
2016-01-27 17:35:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
arg "tabular-feature append-column"
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
,
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
2016-01-27 17:35:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
arg "tabular-feature delete-column"
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Consulta la
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Guía del usuario
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para obtener información sobre cómo cambiar la alineación de cada columna
|
|
|
|
|
y la posición vertical de la matriz completa.
|
2011-04-10 10:33:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si lo que quieres es escribir un cuadro que contenga texto, deberías usar
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
el magnífico soporte de cuadros de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
, en lugar de tratar de escribir texto
|
|
|
|
|
en una matriz.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
El modo presentación
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Todas las expresiones que hemos escrito hasta ahora estaban en la misma
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
línea que el texto precedente y siguiente, por lo que se denominan expresiones
|
|
|
|
|
en línea.
|
|
|
|
|
Esto está bien para expresiones cortas y sencillas, pero si las quieres
|
|
|
|
|
escribir más extensas, o si quieres que queden separadas del texto, tienes
|
|
|
|
|
que escribirlas en modo presentación.
|
|
|
|
|
Además, sólo las expresiones en este modo pueden ser etiquetadas y numeradas
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(véase la
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Guía del usuario
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
).
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Las ecuaciones de varias líneas deben estar en modo presentación.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Pincha en el botón
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "math-display"
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
de la
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Barra
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
de
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
herramientas
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
matemáticas
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, que representa un par de líneas de texto rodeando un cuadro azul.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
abre un punto de inserción, pero lo coloca en una nueva línea y centrado.
|
|
|
|
|
Ahora escribe una expresión y ejecuta \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
para ver el resultado.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
El botón de modo actúa como un conmutador entre modo presentación y modo
|
|
|
|
|
en línea; úsalo ahora para cambiar un par de expresiones a modo presentación
|
|
|
|
|
y viceversa.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Este modo tiene algunas diferencias con respecto al modo normal:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
El tipo de letra por omisión es de mayor tamaño para unos pocos símbolos,
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
como
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
y
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $\int$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Los subíndices y superíndices en las sumas y límites (pero no en las integrales)
|
|
|
|
|
se escriben debajo, en lugar de seguir a los símbolos
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
El texto se centra
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Aparte de estas diferencias, las expresiones en línea y en modo demostración
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
son muy similares.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Un último apunte acerca del modo en que se componen las ecuaciones en este
|
|
|
|
|
modo: presta atención a si lo que quieres es poner una ecuación en un nuevo
|
|
|
|
|
párrafo o no.
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si ésta se encuentra en mitad de una frase o de un párrafo, no pulses
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Retorno
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
De lo contrario harás que el texto tras la ecuación comience en un nuevo
|
|
|
|
|
párrafo.
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Este texto será por tanto sangrado —dependiendo de la configuración de
|
|
|
|
|
párrafos de tu documento—, que probablemente no es lo que querías.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
|
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series bold
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ejercicio
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
: Pon las ecuaciones del archivo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-02-25 18:12:03 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ejemplo_sin_lyx.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en modo presentación, y comprueba que se componen de manera diferente.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Labeling
|
|
|
|
|
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\series bold
|
|
|
|
|
Ejercicio
|
|
|
|
|
\series default
|
|
|
|
|
: Utilizando las herramientas que has aprendido en esta sección, deberías
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
de ser capaz de escribir una ecuación como ésta:
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Foot
|
|
|
|
|
status collapsed
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Plain Layout
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Después de que lo hayas hecho así, prueba con
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
|
|
|
|
Ecuación\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Entorno
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Casos
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-10 10:33:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula
|
|
|
|
|
\[
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
f(x)=\left\{ \begin{array}{cc}
|
|
|
|
|
\log_{8}x & x>0\\
|
|
|
|
|
0 & x=0\\
|
2010-10-17 21:25:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\sum_{i=1}^{5}\alpha_{i}+\sqrt{-\frac{1}{x}} & x<0
|
2011-04-10 10:33:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end{array}\right.
|
|
|
|
|
\]
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Más cosas sobre matemáticas
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
El modo matemático puede hacer muchas cosas más.
|
2012-02-14 21:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Por ahora te has familiarizado con lo básico, así que consulta el manual
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2012-02-14 21:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ecuaciones
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2012-02-14 21:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
si quieres saber cómo hacer cosas como:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Etiquetar y numerar expresiones.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2013-04-21 20:18:43 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Escribir ecuaciones con varias líneas.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Cambiar el tipo de letra, p.
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ej., escribir texto en negrita dentro de una expresión.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ajustar los tamaños de letra y el espaciado en una expresión.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(No te preocupes de estas cosas hasta el borrador final).
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Escribir macros.
|
|
|
|
|
Son muy potentes, ya que te permiten definirlas al principio del documento,
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y usarlas en cualquier parte de él.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2012-02-14 21:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Y casi cualquier cosa que se pueda hacer en una ecuación matemática.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Chapter
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Miscelánea
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Otras características importantes de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
No hemos tratado todas los posibles instrucciones de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
, y no tenemos intención
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
de hacerlo.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Como siempre, ve a los manuales
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Guía del usuario
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Objetos insertados
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para más información.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Sólo mencionaremos un par más de cosas importantes que \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
puede hacer\SpecialChar ldots
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
posee soporte WYSIWYM para cuadros.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Usa la instrucción
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2011-04-10 10:33:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Cuadro/Tabla
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(botón
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "tabular-insert"
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-10 10:33:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
) para crear uno.
|
|
|
|
|
Pincha en el cuadro con el
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
botón derecho
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para que aparezca la ventana
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Editar
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-10 10:33:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
cuadro
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2011-04-10 10:33:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, que te ofrece extensas posibilidades de edición del cuadro.
|
2012-02-14 21:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Pulsando el botón
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "toolbar-toggle table"
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012-02-14 21:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
la barra de herramientas de cuadros y tablas se mostrará de forma permanente.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
también permite incluir gráficos en cualquier formato.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Lo adivinaste:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Imagen
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(botón
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
)\SpecialChar endofsentence
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Después pincha en la figura para elegir el archivo que quieres incluir,
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
rotarla, escalarla, etc.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Tanto los cuadros como las figuras pueden tener etiqueta, y \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
genera automáticam
|
|
|
|
|
ente listas de figuras y de cuadros.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
es altamente configurable.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Todo, desde el aspecto de la ventana hasta la forma de la salida, puede
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
ser configurado de múltiples maneras.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Gran parte de la configuración se lleva a cabo mediante
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Herramientas\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Preferencias
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Para más información sobre esto, echa un vistazo a
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ayuda\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
|
|
|
|
Personalización\SpecialChar endofsentence
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
está siendo desarrollado por un equipo de programadores en los cinco continente
|
|
|
|
|
s.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
De esta forma, tiene mejor soporte para otros idiomas además del inglés
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(como holandés, alemán, griego, checo, turco, español\SpecialChar ldots
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
) que muchos procesadores
|
|
|
|
|
de texto.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Se soportan incluso idiomas que se escriben de derecha a izquierda, como
|
|
|
|
|
árabe o hebreo, e idiomas asiáticos como chino, japonés y coreano.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Puedes escribir documentos en otros idiomas, pero también puedes configurar
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
para que muestre los menús y los mensajes de error en otras lenguas.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Los menús de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
tienen asociadas combinaciones de teclas.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Esto significa que puedes hacer
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Archivo\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Abrir
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
tecleando
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Alt+A
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
seguido de
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
A
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, o mediante la combinación de teclas que figura en el menú,
|
2012-01-05 00:06:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "shortcut"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "file-open"
|
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en este caso.
|
|
|
|
|
Las asociaciones de teclas también son configurables.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Para más información, busca en
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Ayuda\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
|
|
|
|
Personalización\SpecialChar endofsentence
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
puede leer documentos \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Véase la sección
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
reference "sec:tex2lyx"
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Están disponibles herramientas como correctores ortográficos, diccionarios
|
|
|
|
|
de sinónimos y contador de palabras.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Itemize
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
soporta generación de índices y nomenclaturas/glosarios.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
para usuarios de \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
name "sec:latexusers"
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si no sabes nada de \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
, no tienes que leer esta sección.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Realmente, puede que quieras
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
aprender
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
algo sobre \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
, y entonces leas este capítulo.
|
|
|
|
|
Sin embargo, a mucha gente que empieza a usar \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
, \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
le será familiar.
|
|
|
|
|
Si ese es tu caso, te estarás preguntando si verdaderamente \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
puede hacer
|
|
|
|
|
todo lo que hace \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
La respuesta corta es que, de una forma u otra, puede hacer prácticamente
|
|
|
|
|
todo lo que hace éste, simplificando en gran medida el proceso de escritura
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
de un documento.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2012-02-14 21:50:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Como esto es sólo un tutorial, aquí vamos a mencionar únicamente aquellas
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
cosas que los nuevos usuarios de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
vayan a encontrar interesantes.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Para mantener corto el
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Tutorial
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, vamos a dar información mínima.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Los manuales
|
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
|
Características extendidas
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
|
y
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Objetos insertados
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
poseen una gran cantidad de información sobre las diferencias entre \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
y
|
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
, y de cómo hacer varios trucos de \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
en \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Modo \SpecialChar TeX
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Todo lo que introduzcas en modo \SpecialChar TeX
|
|
|
|
|
se imprimirá en rojo en la pantalla, y
|
|
|
|
|
será pasado directamente a \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Entra en este modo con
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Código
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar TeX
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
o pinchando en el botón
|
2011-12-17 16:08:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Info
|
|
|
|
|
type "icon"
|
|
|
|
|
arg "ert-insert"
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
de la barra de herramientas.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Esto genera un cuadro cuyo contenido es pasado directamente a \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
En el modo matemático, el modo \SpecialChar TeX
|
|
|
|
|
se maneja de forma ligeramente diferente.
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
En este caso para entrar tienes que introducir una contrabarra
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Todo lo que escribas de ahí en adelante aparecerá en rojo.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Para salir del modo \SpecialChar TeX
|
|
|
|
|
pulsa
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Espacio
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
o cualquier otro carácter no alfabético, como un número, el subrayado,
|
|
|
|
|
el circunflejo o el paréntesis.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Una vez que salgas del modo \SpecialChar TeX
|
|
|
|
|
, si \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
conoce la instrucción que acabas de introduci
|
|
|
|
|
r la convertirá a formato WYSIWYM.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Así, si en modo matemático escribes
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
gamma
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, cuando pulses
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Espacio
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
convertirá el texto en rojo en una
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Formula $\gamma$
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
de color azul.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Esto funcionará para casi todas las macros matemáticas que no sean muy
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
complejas.
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Este sistema puede ser más rápido que usar la
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Barra
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
de
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
herramienta
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
matemática
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, especialmente para usuarios experimentados de \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Como caso particular cabe comentar que si escribes una llave en modo \SpecialChar TeX
|
|
|
|
|
dentro
|
|
|
|
|
de una expresión matemática, aparecerán en rojo tanto la llave de apertura
|
|
|
|
|
como una de cierre, se te sacará
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
fuera
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
del modo \SpecialChar TeX
|
|
|
|
|
y se situará el cursor entre las llaves.
|
|
|
|
|
Esto hace que sea más práctico para escribir instrucciones \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
que el modo
|
|
|
|
|
matemático no conoce y que toman un parámetro.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
no puede hacer absolutamente todo lo que hace \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Algunas funciones muy elaboradas no están soportadas, mientras que algunas
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
funcionan pero no son WYSIWYM.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
El modo \SpecialChar TeX
|
|
|
|
|
permite a los usuarios disponer de la completa flexibilidad de
|
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
, a la vez que gozan de las útiles características de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
, como las matemáticas
|
|
|
|
|
WYSIWYM, los cuadros y la edición de texto.
|
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
no podrá abarcar nunca todos los paquetes de \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Sin embargo, escribiendo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
usepackage{nombre_paquete}
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en el preámbulo (véase la sección
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
reference "sec:Preámbulo"
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
), puedes utilizar el paquete que quieras (aunque no tendrás soporte WYSIWYM
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para las características de ese paquete).
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Importar documentos \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
:
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
tex2lyx
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
name "sec:tex2lyx"
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Puedes importar un archivo \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
en \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
usando la instrucción
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Archivo\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
|
|
|
|
Importar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-29 12:27:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
|
Ésta llamará a
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
tex2lyx
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-29 12:27:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, que creará un archivo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2009-03-03 22:31:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
foo.lyx
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-29 12:27:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
a partir del archivo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
foo.tex
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, y después abrirá ese archivo.
|
2011-04-10 10:33:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si la traducción no funciona, puedes probar a ejecutar
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-09-29 12:27:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
tex2lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-29 12:27:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
en la línea de comandos, posiblemente usando opciones más creativas.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
tex2lyx
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
traducirá la mayoría de las instrucciones legales de \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
, pero no todo.
|
|
|
|
|
Dejará lo que no entienda en modo \SpecialChar TeX
|
|
|
|
|
, así que después de la traducción con
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
|
tex2lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2011-04-10 10:33:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
, puedes buscar el texto en rojo y editarlo a mano para tratar de arreglarlo.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
tex2lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-29 12:27:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
tiene su propia página de manual.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Léela si quieres conocer las instrucciones y entornos de \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
que no admite,
|
2007-09-29 12:27:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
fallos (y cómo evitarlos), y cómo usar las distintas opciones.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2010-01-16 20:41:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Es importante entender que
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
|
tex2lyx
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2010-01-16 20:41:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
solo puede traducir archivos cuya clase de documento sea
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes fld
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010-01-16 20:41:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
conocida
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset Quotes frd
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
por \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
, es decir, aquellas para las que hay el correspondiente archivo
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2010-01-16 20:41:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
layout
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2010-01-16 20:41:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si no existe ese archivo obtendrás un error diciendo que la conversión
|
|
|
|
|
no se ha podido realizar.
|
|
|
|
|
Así pues, a menos que esté disponible un
|
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
|
layout
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para la clase de documento de tu archivo \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
,
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
|
|
|
|
tex2lyx
|
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
simplemente no sabrá cómo traducir el \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
que encuentra en él en cosas que
|
|
|
|
|
sean comprendidas por \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2010-01-16 20:41:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
En el capítulo 5 del manual
|
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
|
|
|
|
Personalización
|
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
|
|
|
|
se explican con detalle los archivos
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph on
|
2010-01-16 20:41:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
layout
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\emph default
|
2010-01-16 20:41:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y cómo se crean.
|
2010-01-13 00:50:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Convertir documentos \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
a \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Puede que desees convertir un documento \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
en un archivo \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
|
Por ejemplo, un compañero de trabajo o colaborador que no tiene \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
puede
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
querer leerlo.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Selecciona
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Archivo\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
|
|
|
|
Exportar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
LaTeX
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Se creará un archivo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
cualquiera.tex
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
a partir del archivo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
cualquiera.lyx
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
que estés editando.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Preámbulo \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Clase de documento
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
El menú
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Documento\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Configuración
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
se encarga de muchas de las opciones que introducirías en una instrucción
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\backslash
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
documentclass
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2009-01-21 01:55:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Cambia aquí la clase del documento, el tamaño de letra predeterminado y
|
|
|
|
|
el tamaño del papel.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Pon cualquier opción adicional en la zona de
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Opciones.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsubsection
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Otros aspectos del preámbulo
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset label
|
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand label
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
name "sec:Preámbulo"
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Si tienes que poner instrucciones especiales en el preámbulo de un archivo
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
, también puedes hacerlo en un documento de \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Elige
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Documento\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
|
|
|
|
Configuración\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Preámbulo
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
LaTeX
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
y escribe en la ventana que aparecerá.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Todo lo que introduzcas se le pasará directamente a \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
(como el modo \SpecialChar TeX
|
|
|
|
|
).
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Subsection
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Bib\SpecialChar TeX
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
tiene soporte para Bib\SpecialChar TeX
|
|
|
|
|
, que te permite construir bases de datos de referencias
|
|
|
|
|
bibliográficas que pueden usarse en múltiples documentos.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Selecciona en el menú
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2016-01-31 14:28:45 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Índices\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Bibliografía
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
BibTeX
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
para incluir un archivo
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Bib\SpecialChar TeX
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
En el campo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Base
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
de
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Datos
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
puedes cargar archivos
|
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Bib\SpecialChar TeX
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2006-03-28 09:37:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
En el campo de
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2009-01-17 18:37:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Estilo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
puedes cargar archivos de estilo Bib\SpecialChar TeX
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Después de hacer esto, puedes hacer referencia a cualquier entrada de las
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
bibliografías que hayas incluido mediante
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Insertar\SpecialChar menuseparator
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Cita
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
(véase la sección
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
|
|
|
|
|
LatexCommand ref
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
reference "sec:Bibliografía"
|
2007-09-28 01:02:12 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
).
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
El diálogo
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Cita
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
mostrará una lista de todas las referencias en tu archivo
|
|
|
|
|
\family typewriter
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Bib\SpecialChar TeX
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
.
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Section
|
2007-07-24 17:39:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
¡Errores!
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin_layout Standard
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
A veces, al ejecutar \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
habrá errores, cosas que \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
o el propio \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
no entienden.
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Cuando esto sucede, \SpecialChar LyX
|
|
|
|
|
abre el diálogo
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family sans
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Errores
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
de
|
2008-06-04 22:30:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\begin_inset space ~
|
2008-05-20 00:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_inset
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-05-15 01:29:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
LaTeX
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\family default
|
|
|
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
|
Pulsando sobre un error en dicho diálogo, se mostrará información detallada
|
2015-10-24 00:28:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
de \SpecialChar LaTeX
|
|
|
|
|
sobre dicho error y en el documento aparecerá seleccionado el lugar
|
|
|
|
|
en el que está el error.
|
2008-01-03 21:42:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_layout
|
2004-06-02 13:40:06 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
2005-07-18 09:42:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
\end_body
|
|
|
|
|
\end_document
|